Skip to content

Instantly share code, notes, and snippets.

@unforgiven512

unforgiven512/Configuration.h

Last active June 24, 2023 20:22
Show Gist options
  • Star 0 You must be signed in to star a gist
  • Fork 0 You must be signed in to fork a gist
  • Save unforgiven512/c328904d74630e1215f8ac27c3001bbf to your computer and use it in GitHub Desktop.
Save unforgiven512/c328904d74630e1215f8ac27c3001bbf to your computer and use it in GitHub Desktop.
Download ZIP
Marlin configuration for Ender 3 (with SpeedDrive)
Raw
Configuration.h
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/Ender-3/CrealityV422"
/**
* Configuration.h
*
* Basic settings such as:
*
* - Type of electronics
* - Type of temperature sensor
* - Printer geometry
* - Endstop configuration
* - LCD controller
* - Extra features
*
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02010300
//===========================================================================
//============================= Getting Started =============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated:
*
* Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all
*
* Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusaprinters.org/calculator_3416/
*
* Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
* https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
* https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
*
* Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
* https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865
*/
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Dust, valerionew, Ender-3)" // Who made the changes.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_CREALITY_V4
#endif
/**
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 1
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
* This is the default communication speed for all serial ports.
* Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below.
*
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 115200
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate
/**
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
* Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1
//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
* Select a serial port to communicate with RS485 protocol
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define RS485_SERIAL_PORT 1
#ifdef RS485_SERIAL_PORT
//#define RS485_BUS_BUFFER_SIZE 128
#endif
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Ender-3 4.2.2"
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// @section stepper drivers
/**
* Stepper Drivers
*
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
*
* Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers.
*
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
* TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
/**
* Additional Axis Settings
*
* Define AXISn_ROTATES for all axes that rotate or pivot.
* Rotational axis coordinates are expressed in degrees.
*
* AXISn_NAME defines the letter used to refer to the axis in (most) G-code commands.
* By convention the names and roles are typically:
* 'A' : Rotational axis parallel to X
* 'B' : Rotational axis parallel to Y
* 'C' : Rotational axis parallel to Z
* 'U' : Secondary linear axis parallel to X
* 'V' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Y
* 'W' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Z
*
* Regardless of these settings the axes are internally named I, J, K, U, V, W.
*/
#ifdef I_DRIVER_TYPE
#define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
#define AXIS4_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef J_DRIVER_TYPE
#define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
#define AXIS5_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef K_DRIVER_TYPE
#define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
#define AXIS6_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef U_DRIVER_TYPE
#define AXIS7_NAME 'U' // :['U', 'V', 'W']
//#define AXIS7_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef V_DRIVER_TYPE
#define AXIS8_NAME 'V' // :['V', 'W']
//#define AXIS8_ROTATES
#endif
#ifdef W_DRIVER_TYPE
#define AXIS9_NAME 'W' // :['W']
//#define AXIS9_ROTATES
#endif
// @section extruder
// This defines the number of extruders
// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]
#define EXTRUDERS 1
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change.
// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T...
#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
//#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP
//#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN
#endif
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
#endif
#endif
// Switch extruders by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
/**
* A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles.
* Can be combined with SWITCHING_EXTRUDER.
*/
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_DWELL 2500 // Dwell time to wait for servo to make physical move
#endif
// Switch nozzles by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_NOZZLE
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
*/
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
*
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
#if ANY(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
#endif
#endif
/**
* Switching Toolhead
*
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
*/
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Magnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
* docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
* Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
* Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
*/
//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
//#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
#if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate
#endif
#elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
#endif
#endif
/**
* "Mixing Extruder"
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
*/
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
//#define MIXING_PRESETS // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
// @section multi-material
/**
* Multi-Material Unit
* Set to one of these predefined models:
*
* PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version)
* PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2
* PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5)
* EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
* EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
*
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
* See additional options in Configuration_adv.h.
* :["PRUSA_MMU1", "PRUSA_MMU2", "PRUSA_MMU2S", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S"]
*/
//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2
// @section psu control
/**
* Power Supply Control
*
* Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
* Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
*/
//#define PSU_CONTROL
//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
//#define MKS_PWC // Using the MKS PWC add-on
//#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM // Confirm dialog when power off
//#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off
#define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box
//#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
//#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
//#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay
//#define POWER_OFF_TIMER // Enable M81 D<seconds> to power off after a delay
//#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown
//#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on)
//#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off)
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration
//#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time.
#endif
#if ANY(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL, POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN)
//#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) PSU on if any extruder is over this temperature
//#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) PSU on if the chamber is over this temperature
//#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) PSU on if the cooler is over this temperature
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
// @section temperature
/**
* Temperature Sensors:
*
* NORMAL IS 4.7kΩ PULLUP! Hotend sensors can use 1kΩ pullup with correct resistor and table.
*
* ================================================================
* Analog Thermistors - 4.7kΩ pullup - Normal
* ================================================================
* 1 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors
* 331 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA
* 332 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE
* 2 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2
* 202 : 200kΩ Copymaster 3D
* 3 : ???Ω Mendel-parts thermistor
* 4 : 10kΩ Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
* 5 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300°C
* 501 : 100kΩ Zonestar - Tronxy X3A
* 502 : 100kΩ Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M
* 503 : 100kΩ Zonestar (Z8XM2) Heated Bed thermistor
* 504 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-B3950) Hotend Thermistor
* 505 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-3950) Bed Thermistor
* 512 : 100kΩ RPW-Ultra hotend
* 6 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple)
* 7 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01
* 71 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01
* 8 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT
* 9 : 100kΩ GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1
* 10 : 100kΩ RS PRO 198-961
* 11 : 100kΩ Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1%
* 12 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed
* 13 : 100kΩ Hisens up to 300°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1%
* 14 : 100kΩ (R25), 4092K (beta25), 4.7kΩ pull-up, bed thermistor as used in Ender-5 S1
* 15 : 100kΩ Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend
* 18 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
* 22 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3V and 220Ω to analog input
* 23 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3v and 220Ω to analog input
* 30 : 100kΩ Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950
* 60 : 100kΩ Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950
* 61 : 100kΩ Formbot/Vivedino 350°C Thermistor - beta 3950
* 66 : 4.7MΩ Dyze Design / Trianglelab T-D500 500°C High Temperature Thermistor
* 67 : 500kΩ SliceEngineering 450°C Thermistor
* 68 : PT100 Smplifier board from Dyze Design
* 70 : 100kΩ bq Hephestos 2
* 75 : 100kΩ Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32
* 2000 : 100kΩ Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor
*
* ================================================================
* Analog Thermistors - 1kΩ pullup
* Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kΩ pullup for 1kΩ.
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
* ================================================================
* 51 : 100kΩ EPCOS (1kΩ pullup)
* 52 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kΩ pullup)
* 55 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kΩ pullup)
*
* ================================================================
* Analog Thermistors - 10kΩ pullup - Atypical
* ================================================================
* 99 : 100kΩ Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kΩ pull-up resistor
*
* ================================================================
* Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000)
* ================================================================
* 110 : Pt100 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
* 147 : Pt100 with 4.7kΩ pullup
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
* 1022 : Pt1000 with 2.2kΩ pullup
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kΩ pullup (E3D)
* 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage.
* NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21.
* 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply.
* NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C.
* 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
*
* ================================================================
* SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards
* ================================================================
* -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire (only for sensors 0-1)
* NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below.
* -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-1)
* -2 : MAX6675 with Thermocouple, 0°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-1)
*
* NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default,
* Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN,
* Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the
* Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported.
*
* ================================================================
* Analog Thermocouple Boards
* ================================================================
* -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple
* -1 : AD595 with Thermocouple
*
* ================================================================
* SoC internal sensor
* ================================================================
* 100 : SoC internal sensor
*
* ================================================================
* Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors
* ================================================================
* 0 : not used
* 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
*
* !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!!
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
*/
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_SOC 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1
#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(0)
#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000)
#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(1)
#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100
#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(2)
#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_2 100
#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_2 430
#endif
#if HAS_E_TEMP_SENSOR
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#endif
/**
* Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT)
*
* Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another
* sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (°C),
* the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting
* the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring.
*
* For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE E1 // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET E0 // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF 10 // (°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort.
#endif
// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 125
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
* Thermal Overshoot
* During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees
* (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees
* a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP.
*/
#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
//===========================================================================
// @section hotend temp
/**
* Temperature Control
*
* (NONE) : Bang-bang heating
* PIDTEMP : PID temperature control (~4.1K)
* MPCTEMP : Predictive Model temperature control. (~1.8K without auto-tune)
*/
#define PIDTEMP // See the PID Tuning Guide at https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
//#define MPCTEMP // ** EXPERIMENTAL ** See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/model_predictive_control.html
#define PID_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define PID_DEBUG // Print PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation.
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Use separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
// Set/get with G-code: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
// Creality Ender-3
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 21.73, 21.73 }
#define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.54, 1.54 }
#define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 76.55, 76.55 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54
#define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#endif
/**
* Model Predictive Control for hotend
*
* Use a physical model of the hotend to control temperature. When configured correctly this gives
* better responsiveness and stability than PID and removes the need for PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
* and PID_FAN_SCALING. Enable MPC_AUTOTUNE and use M306 T to autotune the model.
* @section mpctemp
*/
#if ENABLED(MPCTEMP)
#define MPC_AUTOTUNE // Include a method to do MPC auto-tuning (~6.3K bytes of flash)
//#define MPC_EDIT_MENU // Add MPC editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~1.3K bytes of flash)
//#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add MPC auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~350 bytes of flash)
#define MPC_MAX 255 // (0..255) Current to nozzle while MPC is active.
#define MPC_HEATER_POWER { 40.0f } // (W) Heat cartridge powers.
#define MPC_INCLUDE_FAN // Model the fan speed?
// Measured physical constants from M306
#define MPC_BLOCK_HEAT_CAPACITY { 16.7f } // (J/K) Heat block heat capacities.
#define MPC_SENSOR_RESPONSIVENESS { 0.22f } // (K/s per ∆K) Rate of change of sensor temperature from heat block.
#define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF { 0.068f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan off.
#if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
#define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF_FAN255 { 0.097f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan on full.
#endif
// For one fan and multiple hotends MPC needs to know how to apply the fan cooling effect.
#if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
//#define MPC_FAN_0_ALL_HOTENDS
//#define MPC_FAN_0_ACTIVE_HOTEND
#endif
// Filament Heat Capacity (joules/kelvin/mm)
// Set at runtime with M306 H<value>
#define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 5.6e-3f } // 0.0056 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PLA (0.0149 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PLA).
// 0.0036 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PETG (0.0094 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PETG).
// 0.00515 J/K/mm for 1.75mm ABS (0.0137 J/K/mm for 2.85mm ABS).
// 0.00522 J/K/mm for 1.75mm Nylon (0.0138 J/K/mm for 2.85mm Nylon).
// Advanced options
#define MPC_SMOOTHING_FACTOR 0.5f // (0.0...1.0) Noisy temperature sensors may need a lower value for stabilization.
#define MPC_MIN_AMBIENT_CHANGE 1.0f // (K/s) Modeled ambient temperature rate of change, when correcting model inaccuracies.
#define MPC_STEADYSTATE 0.5f // (K/s) Temperature change rate for steady state logic to be enforced.
#define MPC_TUNING_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 1.0f } // (mm) M306 Autotuning position, ideally bed center at first layer height.
#define MPC_TUNING_END_Z 10.0f // (mm) M306 Autotuning final Z position.
#endif
//===========================================================================
//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
//===========================================================================
// @section bed temp
/**
* Max Bed Power
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
*/
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
/**
* PID Bed Heating
*
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port.
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from pidautotune
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// Creality 4.2.2 values
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 199.0
#define DEFAULT_bedKi 38.8
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 680.3
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING // Keep the bed temperature within BED_HYSTERESIS of the target
#endif
//===========================================================================
//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ====================
//===========================================================================
/**
* PID Chamber Heating
*
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable
* hysteresis.
*
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
* the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
* @section chamber temp
*/
//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
/**
* Max Chamber Power
* Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
*/
#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
#define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0
//#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Print Chamber PID debug data to the serial port.
// Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element
// and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent.
//
#define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04
#define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40
#define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17
// M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER
#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
//#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
/**
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
*
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
*/
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
/**
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 250
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
*/
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling
//===========================================================================
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
//===========================================================================
// @section machine
// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
//#define COREZX
//#define COREZY
//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042
//#define MARKFORGED_YX
// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion
//#define BELTPRINTER
// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics
//#define POLARGRAPH
#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH)
#define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN 1035.0 // (mm) Belt length at full extension. Override with M665 H.
#define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5 // Move segmentation based on duration
#define PEN_UP_DOWN_MENU // Add "Pen Up" and "Pen Down" to the MarlinUI menu
#endif
// @section delta
// Enable for DELTA kinematics and configure below
//#define DELTA
#if ENABLED(DELTA)
// Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation).
// This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments)
// and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls).
#define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
// After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained
//#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE
// Delta calibration menu
// Add three-point calibration to the MarlinUI menu.
// See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051
//#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU
// G33 Delta Auto-Calibration. Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results.
//#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION
#if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION)
// Default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7)
#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4
#endif
#if ANY(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU)
// Step size for paper-test probing
#define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm)
#endif
// Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers).
#define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
// Maximum reachable area
#define DELTA_MAX_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
// Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods.
#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm)
// Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position
#define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
#define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
// Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered.
#define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
// Trim adjustments for individual towers
// tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0
// measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer
#define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
// Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments (mm)
//#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 }
//#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 }
#endif
// @section scara
/**
* MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013.
* Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014.
*
* Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See:
* https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048
* https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491
*/
//#define MORGAN_SCARA
//#define MP_SCARA
#if ANY(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA)
// If movement is choppy try lowering this value
#define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
// Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
#define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 // (mm)
#define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 // (mm)
// SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
// This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space.
#define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 // (mm)
#define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 // (mm)
#if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA)
//#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS
#define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
// Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
#define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
#define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073
#define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0 // Calculated from Calibration Guide and M364 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073
#elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA)
#define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees
#define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees
#endif
#endif
// @section tpara
// Enable for TPARA kinematics and configure below
//#define AXEL_TPARA
#if ENABLED(AXEL_TPARA)
#define DEBUG_TPARA_KINEMATICS
#define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
// Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
#define TPARA_LINKAGE_1 120 // (mm)
#define TPARA_LINKAGE_2 120 // (mm)
// SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
// This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space.
#define TPARA_OFFSET_X 0 // (mm)
#define TPARA_OFFSET_Y 0 // (mm)
#define TPARA_OFFSET_Z 0 // (mm)
#define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
// Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
#define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
// Calculated from Calibration Guide and M360 / M114. See http://reprap.harleystudio.co.za/?page_id=1073
#define THETA_HOMING_OFFSET 0
#define PSI_HOMING_OFFSET 0
#endif
// @section polar
/**
* POLAR Kinematics
* developed by Kadir ilkimen for PolarBear CNC and babyBear
* https://github.com/kadirilkimen/Polar-Bear-Cnc-Machine
* https://github.com/kadirilkimen/babyBear-3D-printer
*
* A polar machine can have different configurations.
* This kinematics is only compatible with the following configuration:
* X : Independent linear
* Y or B : Polar
* Z : Independent linear
*
* For example, PolarBear has CoreXZ plus Polar Y or B.
*
* Motion problem for Polar axis near center / origin:
*
* 3D printing:
* Movements very close to the center of the polar axis take more time than others.
* This brief delay results in more material deposition due to the pressure in the nozzle.
*
* Current Kinematics and feedrate scaling deals with this by making the movement as fast
* as possible. It works for slow movements but doesn't work well with fast ones. A more
* complicated extrusion compensation must be implemented.
*
* Ideally, it should estimate that a long rotation near the center is ahead and will cause
* unwanted deposition. Therefore it can compensate the extrusion beforehand.
*
* Laser cutting:
* Same thing would be a problem for laser engraving too. As it spends time rotating at the
* center point, more likely it will burn more material than it should. Therefore similar
* compensation would be implemented for laser-cutting operations.
*
* Milling:
* This shouldn't be a problem for cutting/milling operations.
*/
//#define POLAR
#if ENABLED(POLAR)
#define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 180 // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
#define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 82.0f // (mm) Maximum travel of X axis
// Movements fall inside POLAR_FAST_RADIUS are assigned the highest possible feedrate
// to compensate unwanted deposition related to the near-origin motion problem.
#define POLAR_FAST_RADIUS 3.0f // (mm)
// Radius which is unreachable by the tool.
// Needed if the tool is not perfectly aligned to the center of the polar axis.
#define POLAR_CENTER_OFFSET 0.0f // (mm)
#define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
#endif
// @section machine
// Articulated robot (arm). Joints are directly mapped to axes with no kinematics.
//#define ARTICULATED_ROBOT_ARM
// For a hot wire cutter with parallel horizontal axes (X, I) where the heights of the two wire
// ends are controlled by parallel axes (Y, J). Joints are directly mapped to axes (no kinematics).
//#define FOAMCUTTER_XYUV
//===========================================================================
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section endstops
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
/**
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define U_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define U_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define V_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
*
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
*
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch.
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
*
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
*/
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves.
//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP
//=============================================================================
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section motion
/**
* Default Settings
*
* These settings can be reset by M502
*
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
*/
/**
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
*/
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
/**
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (linear=steps/mm, rotational=steps/°)
* Override with M92
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 }
/**
* Default Max Feed Rate (linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s)
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 5, 25 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
#define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Max Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
* Override with M201
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 5000 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
#define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
* Override with M204
*
* M204 P Acceleration
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
* M204 I Angular Acceleration
* M204 J Angular Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z ... and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z ... acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#if ENABLED(AXIS4_ROTATES)
#define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only printing moves
#define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only travel (non printing) moves
#endif
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
* Override with M205 X Y Z . . . E
*
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
*/
#define CLASSIC_JERK
#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_KJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_UJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_VJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_WJERK 0.3
//#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves
//#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
#define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
#endif
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
/**
* Junction Deviation Factor
*
* See:
* https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
/**
* S-Curve Acceleration
*
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
//===========================================================================
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
//===========================================================================
// @section probes
//
// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
//
/**
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin.
* The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
* (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
*/
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
*
* Override this pin only if the probe cannot be connected to
* the default Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN for the selected MOTHERBOARD.
*
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
*
* - For simple switches...
* - Normally-closed (NC) also connect to GND.
* - Normally-open (NO) also connect to 5V.
*/
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -1
/**
* Probe Type
*
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
*/
/**
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
*/
//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
/**
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
*/
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
/**
* Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
* nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
/**
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0
#ifdef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
//#define Z_SERVO_MEASURE_ANGLE 45 // Use if the servo must move to a "free" position for measuring after deploy
//#define Z_SERVO_INTERMEDIATE_STOW // Stow the probe between points
//#define Z_SERVO_DEACTIVATE_AFTER_STOW // Deactivate the servo when probe is stowed
#endif
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
#define BLTOUCH
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
*
* This probe is deployed and activated by powering a built-in electromagnet.
*/
//#define MAGLEV4
#if ENABLED(MAGLEV4)
//#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_PIN 11 // Set to the connected digital output
#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_DELAY 15 // Changing this risks overheating the coil
#endif
/**
* Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
*
* This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
* By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
* on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
*
* Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
* and a minimum Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING of 10.
*/
//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
#define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
//#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
//#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
#endif
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
#endif
/**
* Magnetically Mounted Probe
* For probes such as Euclid, Klicky, Klackender, etc.
*/
//#define MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE
#if ENABLED(MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE)
#define PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe deploy speed
#define PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe stow speed
#define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_1 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 30 } } // Move to side Dock & Attach probe
#define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_2 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 30 } } // Move probe off dock
#define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_3 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
#define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_4 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
#define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_5 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
#define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_1 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 20 } } // Move to dock
#define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_2 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 0 } } // Place probe beside remover
#define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_3 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 230, 114, 0 } } // Side move to remove probe
#define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_4 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 20 } } // Side move to remove probe
#define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_5 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
#endif
// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J
// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity.
//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR
#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR)
#define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin
#endif
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
* Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers.
* CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws.
* Take extreme care when setting up this feature.
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING
/**
* Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - https://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Automatic_bed_leveling_probe
* Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
// 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29,
// if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe.
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 }
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 }
#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
/**
* Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z }
*
* X and Y offset
* Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of
* the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes.
*
* Z offset
* - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime.
* - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset.
* - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using
* probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES
* to avoid collisions during probing.
*
* Tune and Adjust
* - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc.
* - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset.
*
* Assuming the typical work area orientation:
* - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset
* - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset
* - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset
* - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset
*
* Some examples:
* #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1"
* #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2"
* #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3"
* #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4"
*
* +-- BACK ---+
* | [+] |
* L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+)
* E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+)
* F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle
* T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-)
* | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-)
* | [-] |
* O-- FRONT --+
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -50, -30, 0 }
// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
#define PROBING_TOOL 0
#ifdef PROBING_TOOL
//#define PROBE_TOOLCHANGE_NO_MOVE // Suppress motion on probe tool-change
#endif
// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
#define PROBING_MARGIN 5
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes
#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (250 * 60)
// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (6 * 60)
// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2)
/**
* Probe Activation Switch
* A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical
* switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed.
*/
//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH
#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active
//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin
#endif
/**
* Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe.
* Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out
* elements such as cables pulling on the carriage.
*/
//#define PROBE_TARE
#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE)
#define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin
#define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before
#define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare
//#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin
#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
//#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active
#endif
#endif
/**
* Probe Enable / Disable
* The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled.
*/
//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE)
//#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1 // Override the default pin here
#endif
/**
* Multiple Probing
*
* You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
* With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
*
* A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
* A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
*/
//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
/**
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
*
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
* probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
*
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 3 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
//#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
#endif
/**
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
*/
#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
//#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
//#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude)
#endif
#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders)
#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 10 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing
//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING
#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING)
#define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
#define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50
#endif
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
//#define I_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define J_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define K_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define U_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define V_ENABLE_ON 0
//#define W_ENABLE_ON 0
// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped.
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
//#define DISABLE_X
//#define DISABLE_Y
//#define DISABLE_Z
//#define DISABLE_I
//#define DISABLE_J
//#define DISABLE_K
//#define DISABLE_U
//#define DISABLE_V
//#define DISABLE_W
// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
// @section extruder
//#define DISABLE_E // Disable the extruder when not stepping
//#define DISABLE_OTHER_EXTRUDERS // Keep only the active extruder enabled
// @section motion
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
//#define INVERT_U_DIR false
//#define INVERT_V_DIR false
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// @section extruder
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
#define INVERT_E6_DIR false
#define INVERT_E7_DIR false
// @section homing
#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety.
#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
/**
* Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled.
* - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed.
* - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle.
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding.
#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
//#define U_HOME_DIR -1
//#define V_HOME_DIR -1
//#define W_HOME_DIR -1
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 210
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
//#define J_MAX_POS 50
//#define K_MIN_POS 0
//#define K_MAX_POS 50
//#define U_MIN_POS 0
//#define U_MAX_POS 50
//#define V_MIN_POS 0
//#define V_MAX_POS 50
//#define W_MIN_POS 0
//#define W_MAX_POS 50
/**
* Software Endstops
*
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
*/
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
#endif
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
#endif
#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
* Filament Runout Sensors
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
*
* IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running.
* Marlin knows a print job is running when:
* 1. Running a print job from media started with M24.
* 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75.
* 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled.
*
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
//#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder.
// This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs.
// Override individually if the runout sensors vary
//#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP
//#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN
// Commands to execute on filament runout.
// With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c")
// NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply.
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR)
//#define FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION)
#define NUM_MOTION_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_MOTION#_PIN for each.
//#define FIL_MOTION1_PIN -1
// Override individually if the motion sensors vary
//#define FIL_MOTION1_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_MOTION2_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_MOTION3_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_MOTION4_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_MOTION5_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_MOTION6_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_MOTION7_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLDOWN
//#define FIL_MOTION8_STATE LOW
//#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLUP
//#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLDOWN
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
//===========================================================================
// @section calibrate
/**
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
*
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
*
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
* Probe a grid manually
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
* Auto-leveling needs preheating
*/
//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING)
#define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
#define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50
#endif
/**
* Bed Distance Sensor
*
* Measures the distance from bed to nozzle with accuracy of 0.01mm.
* For information about this sensor https://github.com/markniu/Bed_Distance_sensor
* Uses I2C port, so it requires I2C library markyue/Panda_SoftMasterI2C.
*/
//#define BD_SENSOR
/**
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
*/
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY)
// Set a height for the start of manual adjustment
#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height
#endif
#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
/**
* Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
* at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
* The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
*/
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
#if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT)
#define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height.
#endif
/**
* Add Z offset (M424 Z) that applies to all moves at the planner level.
* This Z offset will be automatically set to the middle value with G29.
*/
//#define GLOBAL_MESH_Z_OFFSET
/**
* For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
* split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
* contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
*/
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 210 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 50 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves.
#define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
#endif
#endif
#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 5
#endif
#endif
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//===========================================================================
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points
//#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J for better Z reference
//#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS_3POINT // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J0 (3-point)
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
// as the Z-Height correction value.
//#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh
/**
* Probing not allowed within the position of an obstacle.
*/
//#define AVOID_OBSTACLES
#if ENABLED(AVOID_OBSTACLES)
#define CLIP_W 23 // Bed clip width, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
#define CLIP_H 14 // Bed clip height, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
// Obstacle Rectangles defined as { X1, Y1, X2, Y2 }
#define OBSTACLE1 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
#define OBSTACLE2 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
#define OBSTACLE3 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
#define OBSTACLE4 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
// The probed grid must be inset for G29 J. This is okay, since it is
// only used to compute a linear transformation for the mesh itself.
#define G29J_MESH_TILT_MARGIN ((CLIP_H) + 1)
#endif
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
//===========================================================================
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
#endif // BED_LEVELING
/**
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 60, 60, 60, 60 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
#if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
#define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
#define BED_TRAMMING_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify
#define BED_TRAMMING_AUDIO_FEEDBACK
#endif
/**
* Corner Leveling Order
*
* Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge.
*
* LF Left-Front RF Right-Front
* LB Left-Back RB Right-Back
*
* Examples:
*
* Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF}
* LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB
* | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 |
* | | | | | | | <3>|
* | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 |
* LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF
*/
#define BED_TRAMMING_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RB, LB, LF }
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
// @section homing
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_U_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_V_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_W_HOME_POS 0
/**
* Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
*
* - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing.
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_POINT_ABSOLUTE // Ignore home offsets (M206) for Z homing position
#endif
// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (25 * 60), (25 * 60), (5 * 60) }
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
// @section calibrate
/**
* Bed Skew Compensation
*
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
*
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
*
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
*
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
*
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
* Use these diagrams for reference:
*
* Y Z Z
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
* | / / | / / | / /
* | / / | / / | / /
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
*/
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
// Input all length measurements here:
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
// Or, set the XY skew factor directly:
//#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
// Or, set the Z skew factors directly:
//#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
//#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#endif
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
#endif
//=============================================================================
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
//=============================================================================
// @section eeprom
/**
* EEPROM
*
* Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
*
* M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
//#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
#endif
// @section host
//
// Host Keepalive
//
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
//
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
// @section units
//
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
//
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
//
// M149 Set temperature units support
//
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
// @section temperature
//
// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
//
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 40
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "PLA+"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 215
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 50
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_3_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND 240
#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED 60
#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_CHAMBER 45
#define PREHEAT_3_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_4_LABEL "ASA"
#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND 260
#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_CHAMBER 60
#define PREHEAT_4_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_5_LABEL "TPU"
#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_HOTEND 228
#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_BED 0
#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_CHAMBER 0
#define PREHEAT_5_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_6_LABEL "PETG"
#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_HOTEND 250
#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_BED 80
#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_CHAMBER 60
#define PREHEAT_6_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_7_LABEL "PC"
#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_HOTEND 260
#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_CHAMBER 80
#define PREHEAT_7_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
// @section motion
/**
* Nozzle Park
*
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
*
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
*
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 25 }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_MOVE 0 // Park motion: 0 = XY Move, 1 = X Only, 2 = Y Only, 3 = X before Y, 4 = Y before X
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
#endif
/**
* Clean Nozzle Feature
*
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
*
* Parameters:
* P Pattern
* S Strokes / Repetitions
* T Triangles (P1 only)
*
* Patterns:
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
* between the start / end points.
*
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
*
* --
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
* -- +--------------------------------+
* |________|_________|_________|
* T1 T2 T3
*
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
*
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_LINE // Provide 'G12 P0' - a simple linear cleaning pattern
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG // Provide 'G12 P1' - a zigzag cleaning pattern
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE // Provide 'G12 P2' - a circular cleaning pattern
// Default pattern to use when 'P' is not provided to G12. One of the enabled options above.
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_DEFAULT_PATTERN 0
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 // Default number of pattern repetitions
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG)
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 // Default number of triangles
#endif
// Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } }
// Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }}
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE)
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 // (mm) Circular pattern radius
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 // Circular pattern circle number of segments
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT // Middle point of circle
#endif
// Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
// For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
// For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y
// Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe
// Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments.
//#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0"
#endif
// @section host
/**
* Print Job Timer
*
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191.
* The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is
* below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
*
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
* M140 (bed, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
* M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M191 (chamber, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
*
* For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2.
* For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP.
* For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
*
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
*
* M75 - Start the print job timer
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
*/
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
// @section stats
/**
* Print Counter
*
* Track statistical data such as:
*
* - Total print jobs
* - Total successful print jobs
* - Total failed print jobs
* - Total time printing
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
#define PRINTCOUNTER
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif
// @section security
/**
* Password
*
* Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested:
*
* - When the printer boots up
* - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu
* - When SD printing is completed or aborted
*
* The following G-codes can be used:
*
* M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511.
* M511 - Unlock Printer.
* M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password.
*
* If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash
* the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally)
* re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled.
*/
//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE)
#define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended
#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P<password> command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P<old> S<new>.
//#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
//#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
#endif
//=============================================================================
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section interface
/**
* LCD LANGUAGE
*
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
*
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it,
* jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW
*
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' }
*/
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
/**
* LCD Character Set
*
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
*
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
* language extensions:
*
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
*
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
*
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
*
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
*
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
*/
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
/**
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša)
*
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša']
*/
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
/**
* SD CARD
*
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
*
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
/**
* LCD Menu Items
*
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
*/
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
//
// ENCODER SETTINGS
//
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
//
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
//
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
// move between next/prev menu items.
//
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
/**
* Encoder Direction Options
*
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
*
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
*/
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
//
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
//
//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
//
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
//
//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
//
// Encoder EMI Noise Filter
//
// This option increases encoder samples to filter out phantom encoder clicks caused by EMI noise.
//
//#define ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER)
#define ENCODER_SAMPLES 10
#endif
//
// Individual Axis Homing
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
//
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
//
#define SPEAKER
//
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
//
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
//
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
//
// Tone queue size, used to keep beeps from blocking execution.
// Default is 4, or override here. Costs 4 bytes of SRAM per entry.
//
//#define TONE_QUEUE_LENGTH 4
//
// A sequence of tones to play at startup, in pairs of tone (Hz), duration (ms).
// Silence in-between tones.
//
//#define STARTUP_TUNE { 698, 300, 0, 50, 523, 50, 0, 25, 494, 50, 0, 25, 523, 100, 0, 50, 554, 300, 0, 100, 523, 300 }
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
//=============================================================================
// @section lcd
//
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display
//
// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and
// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library.
//
//#define YHCB2004
//
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
//
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
//
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
//
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
//
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
//
//#define ULTIPANEL
//
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
//
//#define PANEL_ONE
//
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
//
//#define G3D_PANEL
//
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
// http://www.inventapart.com/
//
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
//
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
//
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
//
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
//
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
//
//#define ULTRA_LCD
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
//
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//
//
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// https://web.archive.org/web/20140823033947/http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
//
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
//
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
//
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
//
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
//
//#define LCM1602
//
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
// separate encoder and click inputs.
//
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
//
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
//
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
//
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
//
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
//
//
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
//
//#define SAV_3DLCD
//
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
//
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
//
// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI
// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface.
// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter
//
//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI
//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C
//=============================================================================
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
//
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
//
// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs.
//
//
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller
//
//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
// https://reprapworld.com/electronics/3d-printer-modules/autonomous-printing/graphical-lcd-screen-v1-0/
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
// https://www.panucatt.com
//
//#define VIKI2
//#define miniVIKI
//
// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG
//
//#define WYH_L12864
//
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
//
//#define MINIPANEL
//
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//
//#define MAKRPANEL
//
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
//
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
//
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
//
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Cartesio UI
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
//
//#define CARTESIO_UI
//
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
//
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
//
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
//
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
//
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
//
// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3
//
// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout.
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html
//
//#define MKS_LCD12864A
//#define MKS_LCD12864B
//
// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
//
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight
//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight.
//
// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
//
//#define BTT_MINI_12864_V1
//
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html
//
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
//
#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
#if ENABLED(CR10_STOCKDISPLAY)
#define RET6_12864_LCD // Specific to the SoC (can either be RET / VET)
#endif
//
// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
//
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
//
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these.
//
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING
//
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
//
//#define AZSMZ_12864
//
// Silvergate GLCD controller
// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate
//
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
//
// eMotion Tech LCD with SD
// https://www.reprap-france.com/produit/1234568748-ecran-graphique-128-x-64-points-2-1
//
//#define EMOTION_TECH_LCD
//=============================================================================
//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
//
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
//
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106
#endif
//
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
//
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
//
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
//
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
//
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
//
// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller
//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default)
//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller
//
// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
//
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
//
// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
//
//#define OVERLORD_OLED
//
// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB
// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html
//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller
//
// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
//
//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI
//=============================================================================
//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
//=============================================================================
/**
* DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
*
* ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET)
* - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources
* - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
* - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html
*
* FYSETC (Supplier default)
* - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0
* - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card.
* - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html
*
* HIPRECY (Supplier default)
* - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO
* - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
*
* MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default)
* - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43
* - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
* - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html
*
* RELOADED (T5UID1)
* - Download https://github.com/Neo2003/DGUS-reloaded/releases
* - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
*
* IA_CREALITY (T5UID1)
* - Download https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/raw/CrealityDwin_2.0/TM3D_Combined480272_Landscape_V7.7z
* - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
*
* CREALITY_TOUCH
* - CR-6 OEM touch screen. A DWIN display with touch.
*
* Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin:
* - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb.
* - Download files as specified for your type of display.
* - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display.
* - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete.
*
* :[ 'ORIGIN', 'FYSETC', 'HYPRECY', 'MKS', 'RELOADED', 'IA_CREALITY' ]
*/
//#define DGUS_LCD_UI ORIGIN
#if DGUS_UI_IS(MKS)
#define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI
#elif DGUS_UI_IS(IA_CREALITY)
//#define LCD_SCREEN_ROTATE 90 // Portrait Mode or 800x480 displays
//#define IA_CREALITY_BOOT_DELAY 1500 // (ms)
#endif
//
// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers
//
//#define MALYAN_LCD
//
// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
//
//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
//
// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Chiron
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON
//
// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic i3 Mega
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA
#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA)
//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_GCODE_EXT // Add ".gcode" to menu entries for DGUS clone compatibility
#endif
//
// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Vyper
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER
//
// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028
//
//#define NEXTION_TFT
//
// PanelDue touch controller by Escher3D
// http://escher3d.com/pages/order/products/product2.php
//
//#define PANELDUE
//
// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'.
//
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)
//#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display
#endif
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
//=============================================================================
/**
* Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options
* or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options.
*/
//
// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3
//
//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0
//
// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24
//
// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28
//
// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32
//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43
//
// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R
//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from Tronxy
//
//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA
//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic
//
//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35
//
// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise
//
//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28
//
// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4
//
//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28
//
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5
//
//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35
//
// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU-BX
//
//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70
//
// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series
//
//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0
//
// Generic TFT with detailed options
//
//#define TFT_GENERIC
#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC)
// :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ]
#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
// Interface. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_RES_320x240
//#define TFT_RES_480x272
//#define TFT_RES_480x320
//#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif
/**
* TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options:
*
* TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled
* TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities
* TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL
*
* For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
/**
* TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
*
* NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
* UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
* HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
*/
#define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
//#define TFT_SHARED_IO // I/O is shared between TFT display and other devices. Disable async data transfer.
#endif
#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI)
//#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module
#endif
/**
* TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values:
*
* TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y,
* TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y,
* TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y,
* TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION
*/
//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
//=============================================================================
//
// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder.
//
//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI
//#define DWIN_LCD_PROUI // Pro UI by MRiscoC
//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers
//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT // MarlinUI (portrait orientation)
//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE // MarlinUI (landscape orientation)
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
//#define DISABLE_ENCODER // Disable the click encoder, if any
//#define TOUCH_IDLE_SLEEP_MINS 5 // (minutes) Display Sleep after a period of inactivity. Set with M255 S.
#define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
//#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
#if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM
#endif
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
//#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION
#endif
#endif
//
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
//
// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED
//
//#define EASYTHREED_UI
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
//=============================================================================
// @section fans
// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans.
// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8]
//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
// duty cycle is attained.
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
// @section extras
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
//#define BARICUDA
// @section lights
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
//#define BLINKM
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9632
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9533
/**
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
*
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
*
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
* For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
*
* === CAUTION ===
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
*
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
*
* Requires PWM frequency between 50 <> 100Hz (Check HAL or variant)
* Use FAST_PWM_FAN, if possible, to reduce fan noise.
*/
// LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options:
//#define RGB_LED
//#define RGBW_LED
#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
//#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
//#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
//#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
//#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
#endif
#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632)
//#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST // For PWM pins, fade between all colors
#if ENABLED(RGB_STARTUP_TEST)
#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST_INNER_MS 10 // (ms) Reduce or increase fading speed
#endif
#endif
// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW, NEO_RGBW, NEO_GRB, NEO_RBG, etc.
// See https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_NeoPixel/blob/master/Adafruit_NeoPixel.h
//#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
//#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
//#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.)
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
// Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ...
//#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE)
#define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip
#define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
#define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
#define NEOPIXEL_M150_DEFAULT -1 // Default strip for M150 without 'S'. Use -1 to set all by default.
#else
//#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel
#endif
// Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_TIMEOUT_COLOR { 25, 25, 25, 0 } // R, G, B, W
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off
#endif
/**
* Printer Event LEDs
*
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
*
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
* - Change to green once print has finished
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
*/
#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
#endif
// @section servos
/**
* Number of servos
*
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
* Set to 0 to turn off servo support.
*/
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands
// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use
//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE
Raw
Configuration_adv.h
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Creality/Ender-3/CrealityV422"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
* Advanced settings.
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
*
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010300
// @section develop
/**
* Configuration Export
*
* Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py)
* Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560).
*
* See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving.
*
* 1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration.
* This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING.
* 2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing.
* 3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups)
* 4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema.
*/
#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml']
//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
// @section temperature
/**
* Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in
* the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,
* may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This
* value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error
* is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while
* still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous
* stream of errors from the sensor.
*
* Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.
*/
#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15
//
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
#define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
#define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define BED_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000
#define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000
#define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000
#define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000
#define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
#endif
/**
* Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5).
*/
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus.
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board.
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2
//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2
//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz.
//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors.
//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature.
//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals.
//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439).
//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings.
//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f
//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2 0.0f
/**
* Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
* https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
*/
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif
//
// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options
//
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#endif
//
// Heated Chamber options
//
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
#define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
#define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
//#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
//#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber
#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN)
//#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan)
#define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on.
#if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0
#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255)
#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1
#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target
#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2
#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255)
#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target
#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3
#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255)
#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
#endif
#endif
//#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber
#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT)
#define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo
#define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber
#define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3
#define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20
#define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5
#endif
#endif
//
// Laser Cooler options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER
#define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
#define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C)
#define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C)
#define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay)
#define COOLER_INVERTING false
#define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required.
#define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc.
#define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g.
#if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN)
#define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target
#define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
#endif
#endif
//
// Motherboard Sensor options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below.
#define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
#define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C)
//#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin override.
#endif
//
// SoC Sensor options
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_SOC
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_SOC // Halt the printer if the SoC sensor leaves the temp range below.
#define SOC_MAXTEMP 85 // (°C)
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
*
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow down the part-cooling fan if the temperature drops
#if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
//#define REPORT_ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Report fan slowing activity to the console
#if ANY(MPCTEMP, PIDTEMP)
//#define TEMP_TUNING_MAINTAIN_FAN // Don't slow down the fan speed during M303 or M306 T
#endif
#endif
/**
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
* test.
*
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
* below 2.
*/
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
*/
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
*/
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193).
*/
#define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
/**
* Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
* Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
*
* This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
* a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
*
* This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
* or if Marlin stops reading them, temperatures will remain constant while heaters may still be powered!
* This feature only monitors temperature changes so it should catch any issue, hardware or software.
*
* By default it uses the THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constants (above) for the time window, within which
* at least one temperature change must occur, to indicate that sensor polling is working. If any monitored
* heater's temperature remains totally constant (without even a fractional change) during this period, a
* thermal malfunction error occurs and the printer is halted.
*
* A very stable heater might produce a false positive and halt the printer. In this case, try increasing
* the corresponding THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constant a bit. Keep in mind that uncontrolled heating
* shouldn't be allowed to persist for more than a minute or two.
*
* Be careful to distinguish false positives from real sensor issues before disabling this feature. If the
* heater's temperature appears even slightly higher than expected after restarting, you may have a real
* thermal malfunction. Check the temperature graph in your host for any unusual bumps.
*/
//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR)
// Variance detection window to override the THERMAL_PROTECTION...PERIOD settings above.
// Keep in mind that some heaters heat up faster than others.
//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR_PERIOD 30 // (s) Override all watch periods
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
// Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
#endif
/**
* Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
* A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
* You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
* or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
*
* Constant compensation (use only with fan speeds of 0% and 100%)
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
* A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
* kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
* where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
*
* Example:
* Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
* Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
*
* Fan-speed dependent compensation
* --------------------------------
* 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
* Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
* If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
* drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
* 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
* 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
* 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
* 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
* PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
*/
#define PID_FAN_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
// The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
// Just figure out Kf at full speed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
// DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
#else
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
#define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic Temperature Mode
*
* Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
*
* (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
* behavior using an additional kC value.)
*
* Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
*
* Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F<factor> S<mintemp> B<maxtemp>.
* Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
*/
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0)
#define AUTOTEMP_MIN 210
#define AUTOTEMP_MAX 250
#define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR 0.1f
// Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
//#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
#define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
#define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
#define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
#endif
#endif
// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
/**
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
*
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
* preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure
* and force stop everything.
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
* MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
* aberrant readings.
*
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
*/
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
/**
* The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
* the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
* hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
* the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
* This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
*/
#define PREHEAT_TIME_HOTEND_MS 2500
#define PREHEAT_TIME_BED_MS 2500
// @section extruder
/**
* Extruder runout prevention.
* If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
* then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
*/
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 20
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1800 // (mm/min)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 7 // (mm)
#endif
/**
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (15*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 170 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
#endif
// @section temperature
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
/**
* Controller Fan
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
*
* The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
* off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
*/
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for second controller fan
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
#define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors
// Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature
// Use TEMP_SENSOR_SOC as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_SOC_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the SoC reaches this temperature
#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings
#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
#endif
#endif
/**
* Fan Kickstart
* When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that
* gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
* (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
*/
#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 200 // (ms)
#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 255 // 64-255
// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
/**
* PWM Fan Scaling
*
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
*
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
/**
* Fan Fast PWM
*
* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally
* to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
*
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
* Set this to your desired frequency.
* For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
* i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
* For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
* This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
* and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
*
* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
* Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware.
*
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
*/
#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 25000 // Define here to override the defaults below
//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
#ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
#ifdef __AVR__
#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1))
#else
#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Assign more PWM fans for part cooling, synchronized with Fan 0
*/
//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 1 // Index of the first fan to synchronize with Fan 0
#ifdef REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN
//#define NUM_REDUNDANT_FANS 1 // Number of sequential fans to synchronize with Fan 0
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Extruder cooling fans
*
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
*
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
*
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18
#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
/**
* Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers
*
* Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed
* monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123.
*
* NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM.
*/
//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
/**
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
*
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
*/
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
/**
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
*/
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light
#endif
#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light
#endif
#if ANY(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED)
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
#endif
#endif
// @section homing
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
// @section extras
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif
/**
* Dual X Carriage
*
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
*
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
*
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
*
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
*
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
*
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
*/
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
// NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS.
// This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild.
// Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S<mode>.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
// Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode.
//#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X"
#endif
/**
* Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop
*
* When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem.
* The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups.
* Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>' and stored to EEPROM.
*
* - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X.
*
* - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset.
*
* - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'.
*
* - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop.
* Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'.
* Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error.
* Also set with 'M666 X<offset>' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'.
*
* - Define the extra endstop pins here to override defaults. No auto-assignment.
*/
#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
//#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
//#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
#define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop
#endif
#endif
#if HAS_Y2_STEPPER
//#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
#define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
#endif
#endif
//
// Multi-Z steppers
//
#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z
//#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
#define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
#define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#endif
#ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
#define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#endif
#endif
// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers
//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // E direction signals are opposites
#endif
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
// @section homing
/**
* Homing Procedure
* Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
* the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing
#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 10, 25, 4 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
// @section bltouch
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
/**
* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
* advanced commands.
*
* Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the
* wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
*
* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
*
* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
*/
// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
/**
* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
*/
// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
/**
* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
* Summary:
* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
* - High-Speed mode
* - Disable LCD voltage options
*/
/**
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
* On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
* differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
* Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
/**
* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
/**
* Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing.
* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
* This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians
* might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM.
*
* Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset.
*/
#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true
#ifdef BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
// The probe Z offset (M851 Z) is the height at which the probe triggers.
// This must be large enough to keep the probe pin off the bed and prevent
// it from snagging on the bed clips.
#define BLTOUCH_HS_EXTRA_CLEARANCE 4 // Extra Z Clearance
#endif
#endif // BLTOUCH
// @section calibration
/**
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
/**
* Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
* These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset!
* If not defined, probe limits will be used.
* Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
/**
* Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
* Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'
*
* 2 Steppers: (0) (1)
* | | 2 |
* | 1 2 | |
* | | 1 |
*
* 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
* | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |
* | | 3 | | 3 |
* | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
*
* 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
* | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |
* | | | | |
* | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
*/
#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
//#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
#endif
/**
* Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
* Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers.
*
* Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw
* positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper
* driver order.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY
// Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
// the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
#endif
// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
// After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
// Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
#define HOME_AFTER_G34
#endif
//
// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
//
#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
// Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 60, 60 }, { 140, 160 }, { 140, 60 }, { 60, 160 }, { 85, 85 }, { 115, 135 }, { 115, 85 }, { 85, 135 }, { 100, 110 } }
// #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 60, 60 }, { 140, 160 }, { 140, 60 }, { 60, 160 }, { 100, 110 } }
// Define position names for probe points.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Back-Right"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Front-Right"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_5 "Mid-Front-Left"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_6 "Mid-Back-Right"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_7 "Mid-Front-Right"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_8 "Mid-Back-Left"
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_9 "Bed-Center"
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment
/**
* Screw thread:
* M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise
* M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise
* M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise
*/
#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 40
#endif
// @section motion control
/**
* Fixed-time-based Motion Control -- EXPERIMENTAL
* Enable/disable and set parameters with G-code M493.
*/
//#define FT_MOTION
#if ENABLED(FT_MOTION)
#define FTM_DEFAULT_MODE ftMotionMode_DISABLED // Default mode of fixed time control. (Enums in ft_types.h)
#define FTM_DEFAULT_DYNFREQ_MODE dynFreqMode_DISABLED // Default mode of dynamic frequency calculation. (Enums in ft_types.h)
#define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_X_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers.
#define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_Y_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers.
#define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_ENA false // Default linear advance enable (true) or disable (false).
#define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_K 0.0f // Default linear advance gain.
#define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers.
#define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers.
/**
* Advanced configuration
*/
#define FTM_BATCH_SIZE 100 // Batch size for trajectory generation;
// half the window size for Ulendo FBS.
#define FTM_FS 1000 // (Hz) Frequency for trajectory generation. (1 / FTM_TS)
#define FTM_TS 0.001f // (s) Time step for trajectory generation. (1 / FTM_FS)
#define FTM_STEPPER_FS 20000 // (Hz) Frequency for stepper I/O update.
#define FTM_MIN_TICKS ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / (FTM_STEPPER_FS)) // Minimum stepper ticks between steps.
#define FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ 10 // Minimum shaping frequency.
#define FTM_ZMAX 100 // Maximum delays for shaping functions (even numbers only!).
// Calculate as:
// 1/2 * (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) for ZV.
// (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) for ZVD, MZV.
// 3/2 * (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) for 2HEI.
// 2 * (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) for 3HEI.
#define FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME 20 // Interpolated stepper commands per unit time.
// Calculate as (FTM_STEPPER_FS / FTM_FS).
#define FTM_CTS_COMPARE_VAL 10 // Comparison value used in interpolation algorithm.
// Calculate as (FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME / 2).
// These values may be configured to adjust duration of loop().
#define FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP 60 // Number of stepper commands to generate each loop().
#define FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP 100 // Number of trajectory points to generate each loop().
// This value may be configured to adjust duration to consume the command buffer.
// Try increasing this value if stepper motion is not smooth.
#define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 1000 // Size of the stepper command buffers.
//#define FT_MOTION_MENU // Provide a MarlinUI menu to set M493 parameters.
#endif
/**
* Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL
*
* Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements.
*
* This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is
* calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XY], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT,
* DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can
* be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE.
* The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer.
* If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced
* effectiveness during high speed movements.
*
* Tune with M593 D<factor> F<frequency>:
*
* D<factor> Set the zeta/damping factor. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
* F<frequency> Set the frequency. If axes (X, Y, etc.) are not specified, set for all axes.
* T[map] Input Shaping type, 0:ZV, 1:EI, 2:2H EI (not implemented yet)
* X<1> Set the given parameters only for the X axis.
* Y<1> Set the given parameters only for the Y axis.
*/
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
#if ANY(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
#if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)
#define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
#define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15f // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
#endif
#if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
#define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
#define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15f // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
#endif
//#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20 // By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.
//#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.
//#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
#endif
// @section motion
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
// By default stepper drivers require an active-HIGH signal but some high-power drivers require an active-LOW signal to step.
#define STEP_STATE_X HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_Y HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_Z HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_I HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_J HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_K HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_U HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_V HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_W HIGH
#define STEP_STATE_E HIGH
/**
* Idle Stepper Shutdown
* Enable DISABLE_IDLE_* to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.
* The default timeout duration can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.
*/
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_TIMEOUT_SEC 120
#define DISABLE_IDLE_X
#define DISABLE_IDLE_Y
#define DISABLE_IDLE_Z // Disable if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_I
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_J
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_K
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_U
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_V
//#define DISABLE_IDLE_W
#define DISABLE_IDLE_E // Shut down all idle extruders
// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.
#if HAS_ROTATIONAL_AXES
#define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 P.
#define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum travel feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 Q.
#endif
// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B.
// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.
// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
#define SLOWDOWN
#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
#endif
/**
* XY Frequency limit
* Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
* See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
* Use M201 F<freq> G<min%> to change limits at runtime.
*/
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F<hertz>.
#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
#define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G<min%>.
#endif
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
// Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics
//#define CORE_BACKLASH
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min)
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration
*
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
*
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
* and hotend offsets.
*
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
*/
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
//#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..."
//#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved"
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
// probing on a screw head or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
// Define the pin to read during calibration
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
#endif
#endif
/**
* Multi-stepping sends steps in bursts to reduce MCU usage for high step-rates.
* This allows higher feedrates than the MCU could otherwise support.
*/
#define MULTISTEPPING_LIMIT 16 //: [1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128]
/**
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
*/
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
/**
* @section stepper motor current
*
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
*
* The power on motor currents are set by:
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
* known compatible chips: A4982
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
* known compatible chips: AD5206
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
*
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
* M907 - applies to all.
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
*/
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
/**
* I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
*/
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
#if ANY(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
//#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)
/**
* Common slave addresses:
*
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
*/
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section lcd
#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
#if IS_ULTIPANEL
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
#endif
#endif
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
#endif
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif
//
// LCD Backlight Timeout
//
//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight
#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu
#if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
/**
* Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
* Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
* For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
*/
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0
// Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
#endif
#endif
#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
#if HAS_BED_PROBE
// Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist.
//#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION)
/**
* Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
* Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
* For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
*/
#define XATC_START_Z 0.0
#define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard
#define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe
#define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 } // Z offsets for X axis sample points
#endif
// Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu.
#define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
#endif
// Add 50/100mm moves to MarlinUI even with a smaller bed
//#define LARGE_MOVE_ITEMS
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
// Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access
//#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM
// Add Configuration > Debug Menu > Endstop Test for endstop/probe/runout testing
//#define LCD_ENDSTOP_TEST
#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
#if HAS_DISPLAY
/**
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
*
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
*
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
*/
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
#if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
#endif
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash.
#endif
#if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
#endif
#endif
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
#endif
//#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
#define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state
// The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 // (ms)
// Scroll a longer status message into view
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
// Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages
//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds)
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
// Display a negative temperature instead of "err"
//#define SHOW_TEMPERATURE_BELOW_ZERO
/**
* LED Control Menu
* Add LED Control to the LCD menu
*/
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
//#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
#endif
#if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
//#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip
#endif
#endif
#endif // HAS_DISPLAY
// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate
//#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
#define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done
#define SET_REMAINING_TIME // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time
//#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction
//#define M73_REPORT // Report M73 values to host
#if ALL(M73_REPORT, HAS_MEDIA)
#define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY // Report only when printing from SD
#endif
#endif
// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn.
#if HAS_DISPLAY && ANY(HAS_MEDIA, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
#define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar)
#define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E')
//#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R')
#if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME)
#define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change)
#endif
//#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this
#if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
#endif
#endif
#endif
#if HAS_MEDIA
/**
* SD Card SPI Speed
* May be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
*
* Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
* otherwise full speed will be applied.
*
* :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED']
*/
//#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
// The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
// Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
//#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH
//#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up
#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)
//#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping
#define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
//#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
//#define ONE_CLICK_PRINT // Prompt to print the newest file on inserted media
//#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted
//#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu
#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
#if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
#define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
#endif
/**
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
*
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module.
//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN
//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
// Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME)
//#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed
#endif
#endif
/**
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
*
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
* by name for easier navigation.
*
* By default...
*
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
*
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
* limit is exceeded.
*
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code.
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
// LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
//#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 <dosname>' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
//#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol
//#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands
#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
/**
* Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
* This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu.
* Endstops must be activated for this option to work.
*/
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
#if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
#endif
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S<seconds>'
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
* to Marlin as an SD card.
*
* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
* the following pin mapping:
*
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
* SS --> SDSS
*
* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
*/
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
/**
* USB Host Shield Library
*
* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
*
* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
*/
//#define USE_UHS2_USB
//#define USE_UHS3_USB
#define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform
/**
* Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG)
*/
//#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST
#if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST)
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
#endif
#endif
/**
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
*
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
*
* Tested with this bootloader:
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
*/
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
#endif
/**
* Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space.
* Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data.
* Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'.
* See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'.
*/
//#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
#if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)
// Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
//#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD
#endif
/**
* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
*
* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board.
* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
*
* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
*/
//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
// Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender)
//#define NO_SD_DETECT
/**
* Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL.
* Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive.
*/
//#define MULTI_VOLUME
#if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME)
#define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD
#define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
#define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD
#define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
#endif
#endif // HAS_MEDIA
/**
* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
*/
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
/**
* By default the framework is responsible for the shared media I/O.
* Enable this if you need Marlin to take care of the shared media I/O.
* Useful if shared media isn't working properly on some boards.
*/
#if HAS_MEDIA && DISABLED(NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE)
//#define DISKIO_HOST_DRIVE
#endif
/**
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
*
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
*
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
*/
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
// Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
//#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
/**
* Graphical Display Sleep
*
* The U8G library provides sleep / wake functions for SH1106, SSD1306,
* SSD1309, and some other DOGM displays.
* Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in.
* Adds the menu item Configuration > LCD Timeout (m) to set a wait period
* from 0 (disabled) to 99 minutes.
*/
//#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen. Set with M255 S.
/**
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
*
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
*
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
*/
#if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
#endif
#endif
/**
* Status (Info) Screen customization
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
*/
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
//#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
//#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling
//#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
// Frivolous Game Options
//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
//#define MARLIN_INVADERS
//#define MARLIN_SNAKE
//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
#endif
//
// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
//
#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
#define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200
#define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
#define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
//#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
#define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
#if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS, HIPRECY)
#define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
#define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
#if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS)
//#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS
#else
#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
#endif
#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
#define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
#endif
#define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
#endif
#endif
#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
//
// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays
//
#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON)
// By default the type of panel is automatically detected.
// Enable one of these options if you know the panel type.
//#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD
//#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW
// Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune
//#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE
/**
* Display Folders
* By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list.
* Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser.
*
* NOTES:
* - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders.
* - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names.
* This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders.
*/
#define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW
#endif
//
// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE.
//
#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI, ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER)
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
#ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change
#endif
#endif
//
// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
//
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
// Display board used
//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
//#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI
//#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)
//#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815
//#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813
// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
//#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
//#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping
//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
// Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
#endif
#endif
// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
// portrait and mirrored orientations.
//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
// UTF8 processing and rendering.
// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
// Western accents support. These accented characters use
// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
// Additional character groups. These characters require
// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
#endif
// Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET
#endif
// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
// (recommended for smaller displays)
//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
// Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
#endif
//
// Classic UI Options
//
#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD
//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
#endif
//
// ADC Button Debounce
//
#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
#define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
#endif
// @section safety
/**
* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
*
* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
* interrupts are enabled.
*/
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// @section lcd
/**
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // Integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement)
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
//#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z // Enable if Z babysteps should go the other way
//#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
#endif
#endif
#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
//#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
#if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
#endif
//#define BABYSTEP_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
#endif
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
*
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
* K=0 means advance disabled.
*
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
*
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
*
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
*/
#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
#if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
#define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder
#else
#define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders
#endif
//#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L.
//#define LA_DEBUG // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use.
#define ALLOW_LOW_EJERK // Allow a DEFAULT_EJERK value of <10. Recommended for direct drive hotends.
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2S_LA // Allow I2S_STEPPER_STREAM to be used with LA. Performance degrades as the LA step rate reaches ~20kHz.
#endif
// @section leveling
/**
* Use Safe Bed Leveling coordinates to move axes to a useful position before bed probing.
* For example, after homing a rotational axis the Z probe might not be perpendicular to the bed.
* Choose values the orient the bed horizontally and the Z-probe vertically.
*/
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_X 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Y 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Z 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_I 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_J 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_K 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_U 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_V 0.0
//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_W 0.0
/**
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
*/
#if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS
//#define PROBE_PT_1 { 15, 180 } // (mm) { x, y }
//#define PROBE_PT_2 { 15, 20 }
//#define PROBE_PT_3 { 170, 20 }
#endif
/**
* Probing Margins
*
* Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate
* Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
* to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
* sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
* allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
*
* If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
* LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
* RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
* (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
*
* This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
* should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
* probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
* the probe to be unable to reach any points.
*/
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN
//#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN
#endif
#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
#endif
#if ALL(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space
#endif
/**
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
*/
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
/**
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
*/
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
#endif
/**
* Thermal Probe Compensation
*
* Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature
* of the probe, bed, and/or hotend.
* Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures.
* (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.)
* Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually.
* For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html
*/
//#define PTC_PROBE // Compensate based on probe temperature
//#define PTC_BED // Compensate based on bed temperature
//#define PTC_HOTEND // Compensate based on hotend temperature
#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND)
/**
* If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest
* point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the
* linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START.
*/
//#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4
#if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE)
// Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START
// (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples.
#define PTC_PROBE_START 30 // (°C)
#define PTC_PROBE_RES 5 // (°C)
#define PTC_PROBE_COUNT 10
#define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
#endif
#if ENABLED(PTC_BED)
// Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table.
#define PTC_BED_START 60 // (°C)
#define PTC_BED_RES 5 // (°C)
#define PTC_BED_COUNT 10
#define PTC_BED_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
#endif
#if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND)
// Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871.
#define PTC_HOTEND_START 180 // (°C)
#define PTC_HOTEND_RES 5 // (°C)
#define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT 20
#define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
#endif
// G76 options
#if ALL(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED)
// Park position to wait for probe cooldown
#define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 }
// Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
//#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed
#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 }
// The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during
// bed temperature calibration.
#define PTC_PROBE_TEMP 30 // (°C)
// Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster.
// Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z).
#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5
#endif
#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND
// @section extras
//
// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
//
//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes
//
// G2/G3 Arc Support
//
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Requires ~3226 bytes
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment
#define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment
#define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS 72 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
//#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
//#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure
#endif
// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets
#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
#endif
/**
* Direct Stepping
*
* Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly
* reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in
* less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance.
* Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon
*/
//#define DIRECT_STEPPING
/**
* G38 Probe Target
*
* This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
* and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
* Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
*/
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
//#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
#endif
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
/**
* Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
/**
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
* 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
* 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
/**
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
* 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
* 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
// @section temperature
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//================================= Buffers =================================
//===========================================================================
// @section motion
// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once.
// The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g., 8, 16, 32)
#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
#elif HAS_MEDIA
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#endif
// @section serial
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
// To save 386 bytes of flash (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
// Host Receive Buffer Size
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 2048
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
#if HAS_MEDIA
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif
// Monitor RX buffer usage
// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows.
// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value.
// Not supported on all platforms.
//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR
/**
* Emergency Command Parser
*
* Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
* enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
* Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
* NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
*/
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
/**
* Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
*
* - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl).
* - Auto-report position during long moves.
* - Useful for CNC/LASER.
*
* Adds support for commands:
* S000 : Report State and Position while moving.
* P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving.
* R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold.
*
* - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual.
* - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports.
*/
//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS)
//#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC
#endif
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point
//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4
/**
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
*
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
*/
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
// @section extras
/**
* Extra Fan Speed
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
*/
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
/**
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
*
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
*
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
*
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
*
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
*/
//#define FWRETRACT
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
#endif
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
#endif
#endif
/**
* Universal tool change settings.
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
*/
#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
//#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
#endif
/**
* Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional
* stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer.
*/
//#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0
//#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1
//#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution!
/**
* Consider coordinates for EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_Tx as relative to T0
* so that moves in the specified axes are the same for all tools.
*/
//#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_X // Use X position relative to Tool 0
//#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Y // Use Y position relative to Tool 0
//#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Z // Use Z position relative to Tool 0
/**
* Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped.
* Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define TOOL_SENSOR
/**
* Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
* ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
// Load / Unload
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B.
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)
// Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G.
// Cool after prime to reduce stringing
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds)
// Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME
/**
* Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer:
* [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ]
* If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder:
* [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ]
* Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect.
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED
/**
* Tool Change Migration
* This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
* All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
* Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
* Useful to:
* - Change filament color without interruption
* - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
* - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
*/
#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE
#endif
/**
* Position to park head during tool change.
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min)
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move
#endif
#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
// @section advanced pause
/**
* Advanced Pause for Filament Change
* - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change.
* - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
*
* Requirements:
* - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
* - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER.
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#endif
// @section tmc_smart
/**
* Trinamic Smart Drivers
*
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode:
* - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board.
* Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
* - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file.
* (See the RAMPS pins, for example.)
* - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI.
*
* To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART:
* - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor.
* For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor.
* Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
* - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial.
*
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for TMC26X stepper drivers.
* https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/TMC26XStepper
*
* The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers.
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*
* @section tmc/config
*/
#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
/**
* Interpolate microsteps to 256
* Override for each driver with <driver>_INTERPOLATE settings below
*/
#define INTERPOLATE true
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X)
#define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
#define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
#define X_RSENSE 0.11 // Multiplied x1000 for TMC26X
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ...
//#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis
//#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2)
#define X2_CURRENT X_CURRENT
#define X2_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT_HOME
#define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS
#define X2_RSENSE X_RSENSE
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define X2_INTERPOLATE true
//#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)
#define Y_CURRENT 580
#define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define Y_INTERPOLATE true
//#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2)
#define Y2_CURRENT Y_CURRENT
#define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT_HOME
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS
#define Y2_RSENSE Y_RSENSE
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true
//#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z)
#define Z_CURRENT 580
#define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define Z_INTERPOLATE true
//#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2)
#define Z2_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
#define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
#define Z2_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true
//#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3)
#define Z3_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
#define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
#define Z3_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true
//#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4)
#define Z4_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
#define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
#define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
#define Z4_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
#define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true
//#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I)
#define I_CURRENT 800
#define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT
#define I_MICROSTEPS 16
#define I_RSENSE 0.11
#define I_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define I_INTERPOLATE true
//#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J)
#define J_CURRENT 800
#define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT
#define J_MICROSTEPS 16
#define J_RSENSE 0.11
#define J_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define J_INTERPOLATE true
//#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K)
#define K_CURRENT 800
#define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT
#define K_MICROSTEPS 16
#define K_RSENSE 0.11
#define K_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define K_INTERPOLATE true
//#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U)
#define U_CURRENT 800
#define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT
#define U_MICROSTEPS 8
#define U_RSENSE 0.11
#define U_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define U_INTERPOLATE true
//#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V)
#define V_CURRENT 800
#define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT
#define V_MICROSTEPS 8
#define V_RSENSE 0.11
#define V_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define V_INTERPOLATE true
//#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W)
#define W_CURRENT 800
#define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT
#define W_MICROSTEPS 8
#define W_RSENSE 0.11
#define W_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define W_INTERPOLATE true
//#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0)
#define E0_CURRENT 650
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E0_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1)
#define E1_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
#define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
#define E1_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E1_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2)
#define E2_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
#define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
#define E2_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E2_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3)
#define E3_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
#define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
#define E3_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E3_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4)
#define E4_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
#define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
#define E4_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E4_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5)
#define E5_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
#define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
#define E5_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E5_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6)
#define E6_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
#define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
#define E6_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
#define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E6_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7)
#define E7_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
#define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
#define E7_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
#define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
//#define E7_INTERPOLATE true
//#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
#endif
// @section tmc/spi
/**
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
*/
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z4_CS_PIN -1
//#define I_CS_PIN -1
//#define J_CS_PIN -1
//#define K_CS_PIN -1
//#define U_CS_PIN -1
//#define V_CS_PIN -1
//#define W_CS_PIN -1
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
//#define E6_CS_PIN -1
//#define E7_CS_PIN -1
/**
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
* but you can override or define them here.
*/
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
//#define TMC_SPI_MOSI -1
//#define TMC_SPI_MISO -1
//#define TMC_SPI_SCK -1
// @section tmc/serial
/**
* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
* Address | MS1 | MS2
* 0 | LOW | LOW
* 1 | HIGH | LOW
* 2 | LOW | HIGH
* 3 | HIGH | HIGH
*
* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
*/
//#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
//#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
// @section tmc/smart
/**
* Software enable
*
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
*/
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
// @section tmc/stealthchop
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
*/
#if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
#define STEALTHCHOP_I
#define STEALTHCHOP_J
#define STEALTHCHOP_K
#define STEALTHCHOP_U
#define STEALTHCHOP_V
#define STEALTHCHOP_W
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
#endif
/**
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
* Provided parameter sets are
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
* CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V)
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
*
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I CHOPPER_TIMING // For I Axis
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J CHOPPER_TIMING // For J Axis
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K CHOPPER_TIMING // For K Axis
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U CHOPPER_TIMING // For U Axis
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V CHOPPER_TIMING // For V Axis
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W CHOPPER_TIMING // For W Axis
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
// @section tmc/status
/**
* Monitor Trinamic drivers
* for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
* To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant G-codes:
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
*/
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
// @section tmc/hybrid
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
*/
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
#define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
#define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
#define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s]
#define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
/**
* Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.
*
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
*
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
*
* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
*
* It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
*
* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only ***
* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
*
* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
*
* Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.
* @section tmc/stallguard
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
#if ANY(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
//#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
//#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
//#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130/TMC5160 only
//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
#endif
// @section tmc/config
/**
* TMC Homing stepper phase.
*
* Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
* phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
* spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
* Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
*
* Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
*/
//#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }
/**
* Step on both rising and falling edge signals (as with a square wave).
*/
//#define EDGE_STEPPING
/**
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
* M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting.
*/
//#define TMC_DEBUG
/**
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*
* Example:
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
* stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
* stepperY.intpol(0); \
* }
*/
#define TMC_ADV() { }
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG || HAS_TMC26X
// @section i2cbus
//
// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
//
//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2
/**
* TWI/I2C BUS
*
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
* devices on the bus.
*
* ; Example #1
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
* M260 B77 ; M
* M260 B97 ; a
* M260 B114 ; r
* M260 B108 ; l
* M260 B105 ; i
* M260 B110 ; n
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
*
* ; Example #2
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* M261 A99 B5
*
* ; Example #3
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
*/
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
#endif
// @section photo
/**
* Photo G-code
* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
*/
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
// Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// Canon Hack Development Kit
// https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
//#define CHDK_PIN 4
// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
/**
* PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
* Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
* Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
* (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
*
* Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
* IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
*/
//#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
#ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
#define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
#endif
#endif
// @section cnc
/**
* Spindle & Laser control
*
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
*
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
*
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
*
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
*/
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
//#define LASER_FEATURE
#if ANY(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH
#define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
#define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC)
// ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander
// the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ...
// (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value.
#endif
//#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11
#if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION)
#define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH
//#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin
#endif
//#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9
#if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST)
#define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin
//#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin
#endif
//#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power
#ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO
#define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control
#define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle
#endif
/**
* Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
* - PWM255 (S0 - S255)
* - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
* - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle
* - SERVO (S0 - S180)
*/
#define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255
/**
* Relative Cutter Power
* Normally, 'M3 O<power>' sets
* OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.
* so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX
* instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).
* Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
*/
//#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
/**
* M3/M4 Power Equation
*
* Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.
* These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.
*
* Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
* PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
*/
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM)
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
#endif
#else
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100
#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
#endif
// Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function
#define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu
#define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
/**
* Laser Safety Timeout
*
* The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time.
* Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this
* value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and
* the material could ignite.
*/
#define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS 1000 // (ms)
/**
* Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode.
*
* e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner.
* Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR.
*
* 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value.
*
* Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power.
* Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
* Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
* The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
* More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
*
* M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
*/
/**
* Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
* This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
* CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
* for a planner synchronization
*/
//#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
/**
* Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
*
* - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
* - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
* - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
*/
//#define LASER_POWER_TRAP
//
// Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module)
//
//#define I2C_AMMETER
#if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER)
#define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range
#define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value
#endif
//
// Laser Coolant Flow Meter
//
//#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER
#if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER)
#define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21)
#define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin
#define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds
#define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below
#if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY)
#define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE
/**
* Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107
*
* Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing
* a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan
* header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser
* speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity.
*
* NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options.
*/
//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107
/**
* Coolant Control
*
* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
*
* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
*/
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#endif
// @section filament width
/**
* Filament Width Sensor
*
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
*
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
* volume.
*
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
*
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
*
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif
// @section power
/**
* Power Monitor
* Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)
*
* Read and configure with M430
*
* The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin
* The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin
*/
//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current
//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage
#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT)
#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current
#define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)
#endif
#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)
#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage
#endif
// @section safety
/**
* Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection
*
* If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check
* that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power.
* Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature.
*/
//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT
// @section cnc
/**
* CNC Coordinate Systems
*
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
*/
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
/**
* CNC Drilling Cycle - UNDER DEVELOPMENT
*
* Enables G81 to perform a drilling cycle.
* Currently only supports a single cycle, no G-code chaining.
*/
//#define CNC_DRILLING_CYCLE
// @section reporting
/**
* Auto-report fan speed with M123 S<seconds>
* Requires fans with tachometer pins
*/
//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS
/**
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
*/
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
//#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report
#endif
/**
* Auto-report position with M154 S<seconds>
*/
//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION
#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_POSITION)
//#define AUTO_REPORT_REAL_POSITION // Auto-report the real position
#endif
/**
* Include capabilities in M115 output
*/
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
#if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
//#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT
#endif
// @section security
/**
* Expected Printer Check
* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
*/
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
// @section volumetrics
/**
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
*/
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
/**
* Volumetric extrusion default state
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
*
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).
* M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.
*/
#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
//#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT
#if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)
/**
* Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).
* This factory setting applies to all extruders.
* Use 'M200 [T<extruder>] L<limit>' to override and 'M502' to reset.
* A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.
*/
#define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec)
#endif
#endif
// @section reporting
// Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.
//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)
// @section gcode
/**
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser
*/
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters
#endif
// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack)
//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1
//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2
//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase
//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW
/**
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
*
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
*/
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
/**
* CNC G-code options
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
*/
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif
//#define G0_ANGULAR_FEEDRATE 2700 // (°/min)
// @section gcode
/**
* Startup commands
*
* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
*/
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
/**
* G-code Macros
*
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
*/
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif
/**
* User-defined menu items to run custom G-code.
* Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent.
*/
// @section custom main menu
// Custom Menu: Main Menu
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN)
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands"
#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info"
#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W"
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info"
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503"
//#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
#endif
// @section custom config menu
// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG)
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands"
#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done"
#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON"
#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON"
#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????"
//#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
#endif
// @section custom buttons
/**
* User-defined buttons to run custom G-code.
* Up to 25 may be defined.
*/
//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS)
//#define BUTTON1_PIN -1
#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1)
#define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH.
#define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing?
#define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28"
#define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status
#endif
//#define BUTTON2_PIN -1
#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2)
#define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW
#define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false
#define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
#endif
//#define BUTTON3_PIN -1
#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3)
#define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW
#define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false
#define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
#endif
#endif
// @section host
/**
* Host Action Commands
*
* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
*
* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
*
* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
*
* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
*/
#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
//#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 // Tell the host to pause in response to M76
//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback
#if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
//#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS // Send some status messages to the host as notifications
#endif
#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start
#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down
#endif
// @section extras
/**
* Cancel Objects
*
* Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
*/
//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS)
#define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message
#endif
/**
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
*
* Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
*
* Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
* Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/
*
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
* @section i2c encoders
*/
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
// encoders supported currently.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
// disable abort behavior.
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
// is trusted again.
/**
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
*/
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
// Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
/**
* Analog Joystick(s)
* @section joystick
*/
//#define JOYSTICK
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
//#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
//#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
//#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
// Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
//#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG
#endif
/**
* Mechanical Gantry Calibration
* Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION.
* Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers.
* Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated.
* @section calibrate
*/
//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION
#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION)
#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma
#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move
#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move
//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction
//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle
//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM
//#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE ""
#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position
#endif
/**
* Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality
* Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed.
* @section interface
*/
//#define FREEZE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE)
//#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here
#define FREEZE_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating freeze
#endif
/**
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
*
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
* @section debug matrix
*/
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed
//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
/**
* Sample debug features
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
*/
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 2 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 4 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
// row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
// See class CodeProfiler.
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
#endif
/**
* NanoDLP Sync support
*
* Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will
* output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure.
* This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands.
* @section nanodlp
*/
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z).
#endif
/**
* Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address.
* @section network
*/
#if HAS_ETHERNET
#define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network
#endif
/**
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
*/
//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi management
//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
#if ANY(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery)
//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
//#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
/**
* To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
* the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
* .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
*
* #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
* #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"
*/
//#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
#endif
// @section multi-material
/**
* Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU)
* Enable in Configuration.h
*
* These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive
* multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors.
*/
#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1
/**
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
*
* Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
* Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
*/
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
#define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
//#define MMU2_MENUS
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
// This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
{ 7.2, 1145 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 50.0, 198 }
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
{ -50.0, 2000 }
/**
* Using a sensor like the MMU2S
* This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.
* See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11
*/
#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S
#define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min)
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
{ 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
{ 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
{ -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
{ -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
// Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move
//#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE
#else
/**
* MMU1 Extruder Sensor
*
* Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder
* and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament
* sensor less than 38mm from the gears.
*
* During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last
* move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.
* If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.
*/
//#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
#define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
#endif
#endif
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
/**
* Advanced Print Counter settings
* @section stats
*/
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Basic"
#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Advanced"
#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 250 // print hours
#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Detailed"
#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 500 // print hours
#endif
// @section develop
//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
//
// M42 - Set pin states
//
//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL
//
// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
//
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report
//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE)
/**
* D576 - Buffer Monitoring
* To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers.
*/
//#define BUFFER_MONITORING
#endif
/**
* Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial.
* When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand
* a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash.
*/
//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING
/**
* Software Reset options
*/
//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller
//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL
// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR.
//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON
Raw
copy_cfg_from_marlin.sh
#!/usr/bin/env bash
MARLIN_DIR=../Marlin/Marlin
echo "*** Copying 'Configuration.h' and 'Configuration_adv.h' from the Marlin build directory ***"
cp ${MARLIN_DIR}/Configuration.h ./
cp ${MARLIN_DIR}/Configuration_adv.h ./
Raw
copy_cfg_to_marlin.sh
#!/usr/bin/env bash
MARLIN_DIR=../Marlin/Marlin
echo "*** Copying 'Configuration.h' and 'Configuration_adv.h' to the Marlin build directory ***"
cp ./Configuration.h ${MARLIN_DIR}/
cp ./Configuration_adv.h ${MARLIN_DIR}/
Sign up for free to join this conversation on GitHub. Already have an account? Sign in to comment